[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#422) - wheezy (branch) updated: 1.0_20080515-2-g7a56554
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:17:45 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 7a56554752bdcfab2ec7b9d43d63946139d35bd4 (commit)
from 9a91abd6fc61c09368d0a30e64ee0cb1a6b3ea81 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 10 +-
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 697 +++++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 697 +++++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 807 +++++++++++++--------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 701 +++++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 692 +++++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 88 ++-
7 files changed, 2305 insertions(+), 1387 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index ce66b29..75b5c25 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080516) UNRELEASED; urgency=low
+
+ * release-manual:
+ - .xml source updated from the wiki
+ - updated Italian translation thanks to Claudio Carboncini
+
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Fri, 23 May 2008 16:35:03 +0200
+
debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080515) terra; urgency=low
* release-manual:
@@ -5,7 +13,7 @@ debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080515) terra; urgency=low
-- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Thu, 15 May 2008 21:11:18 +0200
-debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080415) terra; urgency=low
+debaian-edu-doc (1.0~20080415) terra; urgency=low
* release-manual:
- .xml source updated from the wiki on April 15th
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 06f1fc0..106c340 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual.de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-15 21:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-31 14:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <en at li.org>\n"
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-03-30</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1463,8 +1463,8 @@ msgstr ""
"keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2376 release-manual.xml:2413
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2794,9 +2794,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1958 release-manual.xml:1983
-#: release-manual.xml:1990 release-manual.xml:2329 release-manual.xml:2343
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -4819,12 +4819,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2276 release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -5129,7 +5129,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-exstrasound\"\n"
+"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
"\n"
"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
"\n"
@@ -5325,32 +5325,191 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
-"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
-"lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a script printing one or more "
-"servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to "
-"include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1966
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+" }\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"next-server xxx;\n"
+"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+"rank=$RANDOM\n"
+"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5359,22 +5518,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5382,7 +5541,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -5390,19 +5549,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5412,12 +5571,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2079
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5427,21 +5586,21 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5449,19 +5608,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2025
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5471,12 +5630,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5486,22 +5645,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5510,21 +5669,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -5534,12 +5693,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5552,26 +5711,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5585,7 +5744,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5595,12 +5754,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5611,7 +5770,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5621,12 +5780,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5635,12 +5794,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2170
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5651,7 +5810,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5662,7 +5821,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -5671,7 +5830,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5681,22 +5840,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5706,56 +5865,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118 release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2209 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5766,49 +5925,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2236
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5816,17 +5975,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Quellen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5836,7 +5995,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5845,7 +6004,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5853,35 +6012,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5889,29 +6048,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "Die Samba Konfiguration verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5921,7 +6080,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5933,12 +6092,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Remote Desktops mit RDP, VNC, NX oder Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2331
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5949,7 +6108,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als auch von Linux aus."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5959,7 +6118,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5969,7 +6128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5981,7 +6140,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seit 2005 den Zugriff per NX an. Diese empfinden die Lösung als sehr stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5991,17 +6150,17 @@ msgstr ""
"zuzugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6010,7 +6169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root aus um Moodle zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6021,12 +6180,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -6035,12 +6194,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mehr zu Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Schüler kontrollieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -6049,7 +6208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Schüler zu beaufsichtigen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -6059,12 +6218,12 @@ msgstr ""
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>hier</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6074,26 +6233,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -6101,12 +6260,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "swi-prolog auf Etch installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6117,7 +6276,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -6131,7 +6290,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden kann."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6151,7 +6310,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6160,7 +6319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6171,22 +6330,22 @@ msgstr ""
"aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Helfen sie mit"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Lassen sie uns wissen dass es sie gibt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6199,7 +6358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hilfe.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6217,12 +6376,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> zur Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Lokale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6233,7 +6392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den Niederlanden, Japan und noch an vielen andren Orten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6244,12 +6403,12 @@ msgstr ""
"und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Globale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6259,7 +6418,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mit einem andern Thema."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6272,7 +6431,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Leben statt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6283,12 +6442,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-commits'>commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6301,7 +6460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uns helfen indem sie den entsprechenden Text um ihr Wissen ergänzen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2453
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6318,7 +6477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6331,22 +6490,22 @@ msgstr ""
"dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2469
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Support auf Freiwilligenbasis"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "in English"
msgstr "auf Englisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6357,7 +6516,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6367,12 +6526,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "auf Norwegisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6383,7 +6542,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6396,17 +6555,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Norwegen (FRSIK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr "#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel für norwegische Nuzter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid "in German"
msgstr "auf Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2585
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6415,7 +6574,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6424,19 +6583,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher "
"Benutzung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "in French"
msgstr "auf Französisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6445,12 +6604,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "auf Spanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6459,12 +6618,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Professioneller Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6476,12 +6635,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6499,7 +6658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6512,12 +6671,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6526,7 +6685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -6537,7 +6696,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6550,7 +6709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6560,12 +6719,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6575,12 +6734,12 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6595,7 +6754,7 @@ msgstr ""
"translations </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2664
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6611,7 +6770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2594
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6623,7 +6782,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert sein muss:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6632,7 +6791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6645,7 +6804,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6655,7 +6814,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste senden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6665,12 +6824,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Verzeichnis:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6681,28 +6840,28 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte melden sie Fehler."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Für Übersetzer: Die GPL muss nicht übersetzt werden. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6715,7 +6874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6728,7 +6887,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6741,7 +6900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6752,17 +6911,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2722
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6775,12 +6934,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2729
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6803,7 +6962,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6820,7 +6979,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6839,7 +6998,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6848,7 +7007,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6861,7 +7020,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2744
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6872,7 +7031,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2747
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6885,7 +7044,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6910,7 +7069,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2755
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6933,7 +7092,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2757
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6946,7 +7105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6959,7 +7118,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2761
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6972,7 +7131,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6985,7 +7144,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -7002,7 +7161,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2770
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -7017,7 +7176,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2775
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7040,7 +7199,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2777
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7055,7 +7214,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -7074,7 +7233,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -7095,7 +7254,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -7114,7 +7273,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2714
+#: release-manual.xml:2788
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -7143,7 +7302,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7154,7 +7313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7177,7 +7336,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2721
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7186,7 +7345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7205,7 +7364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2726
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7218,7 +7377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7237,7 +7396,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7258,12 +7417,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2808
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7286,7 +7445,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7309,42 +7468,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2746
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Anhang B - Über Debian Edu Live CDs/DVDs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2758
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Features des \"Standalone\" Images"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2833
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Fast alle Pakete des \"Standalone\" Profils"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2834
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle Pakete des Laptoptasks"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Das KDE Desktopprofil für Studenten/Schüler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2841
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiviere Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2769
+#: release-manual.xml:2843
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7362,122 +7521,122 @@ msgstr ""
"genutzten Localecodes:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2774
+#: release-manual.xml:2848
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "Sprache (Region)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2778
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "Wert der Locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturbelegung (layout) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2787
+#: release-manual.xml:2861
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norwegisches Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793 release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2871
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norwegisches Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2874
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2881
msgid "German"
msgstr "Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2884
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2887
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2817
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Französisch (Frankreich)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2894
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2823
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2901
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Griechisch (Griechenland)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2904
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2907
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2837
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2840
+#: release-manual.xml:2914
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2917
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2847
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nördliches Sami (Norwegen)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2853
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#: release-manual.xml:2934
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7491,34 +7650,34 @@ msgstr ""
"kann können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2866
+#: release-manual.xml:2940
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Interessante Dinge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"Das Passwort für den Benuter ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort "
"gesetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2873
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2948
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "Zur Zeit keine bekannt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:2954
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2882
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index 8750293..ddf4fa6 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-15 21:09+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1335,8 +1335,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2376 release-manual.xml:2413
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2475,9 +2475,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1958 release-manual.xml:1983
-#: release-manual.xml:1990 release-manual.xml:2329 release-manual.xml:2343
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -4182,12 +4182,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2276 release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -4460,7 +4460,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-exstrasound\"\n"
+"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
"\n"
"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
"\n"
@@ -4638,32 +4638,191 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
-"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
-"lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a script printing one or more "
-"servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to "
-"include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1966
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+" }\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"next-server xxx;\n"
+"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+"rank=$RANDOM\n"
+"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4672,22 +4831,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4695,7 +4854,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4703,19 +4862,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4723,12 +4882,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2079
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4736,21 +4895,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4758,19 +4917,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2025
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4778,12 +4937,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4791,23 +4950,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4820,7 +4979,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4829,14 +4988,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
@@ -4852,12 +5011,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4878,7 +5037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -4889,20 +5048,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4916,7 +5075,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4932,12 +5091,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4948,7 +5107,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4958,12 +5117,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4972,12 +5131,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2170
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4988,7 +5147,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -4999,7 +5158,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -5008,7 +5167,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5018,22 +5177,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5043,56 +5202,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118 release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2209 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5103,49 +5262,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2236
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5153,18 +5312,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5174,7 +5333,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5183,7 +5342,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5191,36 +5350,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5228,29 +5387,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5260,7 +5419,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5269,12 +5428,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -5286,21 +5445,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5309,14 +5468,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -5324,19 +5483,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5347,31 +5506,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5379,12 +5538,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5392,26 +5551,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5419,12 +5578,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5432,7 +5591,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -5441,7 +5600,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5454,14 +5613,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5472,23 +5631,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5497,7 +5656,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5508,13 +5667,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5522,7 +5681,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5530,20 +5689,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5552,7 +5711,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5560,13 +5719,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5575,7 +5734,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2453
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -5591,7 +5750,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5600,23 +5759,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2469
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5628,7 +5787,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5636,13 +5795,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5654,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5667,18 +5826,18 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2585
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5689,7 +5848,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5699,18 +5858,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5720,13 +5879,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5736,12 +5895,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5752,12 +5911,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -5772,7 +5931,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5784,12 +5943,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -5799,7 +5958,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5810,7 +5969,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -5822,7 +5981,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -5832,12 +5991,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5848,13 +6007,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5864,7 +6023,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2664
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5878,7 +6037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2594
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5887,14 +6046,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5903,26 +6062,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5936,31 +6095,31 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5973,7 +6132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5982,7 +6141,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5991,7 +6150,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5999,17 +6158,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2722
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6018,12 +6177,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2729
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6037,7 +6196,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6048,7 +6207,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6060,14 +6219,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6076,7 +6235,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2744
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6084,7 +6243,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2747
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6093,7 +6252,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6108,7 +6267,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2755
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6122,7 +6281,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2757
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6131,7 +6290,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6140,7 +6299,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2761
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6149,7 +6308,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6158,7 +6317,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6169,7 +6328,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2770
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6179,7 +6338,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2775
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6193,7 +6352,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2777
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6203,7 +6362,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6215,7 +6374,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6228,7 +6387,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6240,7 +6399,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2714
+#: release-manual.xml:2788
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6257,7 +6416,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6265,7 +6424,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6279,14 +6438,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2721
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6298,7 +6457,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2726
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6307,7 +6466,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6319,7 +6478,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6332,7 +6491,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2808
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6340,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6354,7 +6513,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6368,42 +6527,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2746
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2758
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2833
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2834
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2841
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2769
+#: release-manual.xml:2843
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6415,7 +6574,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2774
+#: release-manual.xml:2848
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6423,7 +6582,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2778
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6431,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6439,108 +6598,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2787
+#: release-manual.xml:2861
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793 release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2871
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2874
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2881
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2884
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2887
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2817
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2894
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2823
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2901
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2904
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2907
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2837
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2840
+#: release-manual.xml:2914
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2917
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2847
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2853
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#: release-manual.xml:2934
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6549,32 +6708,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2866
+#: release-manual.xml:2940
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2873
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2948
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:2954
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2882
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
"org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index 1609196..d226a22 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-15 21:09+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-18 20:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2008-05-15</computeroutput>."
@@ -848,8 +849,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:191
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:197
@@ -861,7 +864,8 @@ msgstr "note a caso"
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
-msgstr "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
+msgstr ""
+"Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:200
@@ -1285,7 +1289,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1418,8 +1422,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2376 release-manual.xml:2413
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1808,7 +1812,8 @@ msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:533
@@ -1923,7 +1928,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:555
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"rispondi yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i dati "
"negli hard disk!"
@@ -2082,7 +2088,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:615
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
"server"
@@ -2722,9 +2729,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1958 release-manual.xml:1983
-#: release-manual.xml:1990 release-manual.xml:2329 release-manual.xml:2343
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -3404,7 +3411,8 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1202
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
@@ -3447,12 +3455,14 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1214
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1218
@@ -3650,7 +3660,8 @@ msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
-msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1285
@@ -3711,7 +3722,8 @@ msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1307
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3912,7 +3924,8 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1369
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -4038,8 +4051,10 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1414
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1417
@@ -4078,7 +4093,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1438
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
"server principale"
@@ -4245,8 +4261,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1497
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1500
@@ -4308,7 +4326,8 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
-msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1530
@@ -4399,7 +4418,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1553
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1556
@@ -4752,12 +4772,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2276 release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4800,7 +4820,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr "personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1744
@@ -4819,12 +4840,14 @@ msgstr "adept non è partito"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1746
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
+msgstr ""
+"occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1747
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1750
@@ -5081,11 +5104,11 @@ msgstr "e fare un cambiamento in /etc/apt/sources.list"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1852
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-exstrasound\"\n"
+"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
"\n"
"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
"\n"
@@ -5308,15 +5331,29 @@ msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "Equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Questa caratteristica nuova nella versione di ltsp "
+"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
-"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
-"lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a script printing one or more "
-"servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to "
-"include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
msgstr ""
"E' possibile configurare i client per connettersi a uno dei vari server per "
"distribuire il carico. Un modo è elencare i diversi server usando "
@@ -5326,22 +5363,169 @@ msgstr ""
"cui connettersi. In aggiunta a questo in ogni ltsp chroot occorre includere "
"la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Questa caratteristica nuova nella versione di ltsp "
-"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1966
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+" }\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"next-server xxx;\n"
+"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+"rank=$RANDOM\n"
+"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Suono con client LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5354,22 +5538,23 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la linea:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+"dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5380,7 +5565,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -5391,7 +5576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come ogni altra cosa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
@@ -5400,14 +5585,14 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> si fermeranno senza LDM."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
"Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una "
"workstation:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5417,12 +5602,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2079
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5432,7 +5618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
@@ -5442,7 +5628,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
@@ -5451,7 +5637,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5461,7 +5647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5470,12 +5656,12 @@ msgstr ""
"è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2025
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5485,12 +5671,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5500,22 +5686,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5528,7 +5714,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5537,14 +5723,15 @@ msgstr ""
"necessari:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
+msgstr ""
+"1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -5559,12 +5746,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5586,7 +5773,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
@@ -5596,7 +5783,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5605,12 +5792,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5634,7 +5822,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5650,12 +5838,12 @@ msgstr ""
"di \"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5672,7 +5860,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5686,12 +5874,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5705,12 +5893,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2170
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5728,7 +5916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5746,7 +5934,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -5759,7 +5947,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5775,22 +5963,24 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
-msgstr "Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
-msgstr "Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5805,37 +5995,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118 release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5844,7 +6034,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5853,12 +6043,12 @@ msgstr ""
"disposizione durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2209 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5875,12 +6065,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5889,12 +6079,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5903,17 +6093,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5922,7 +6114,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2236
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5933,17 +6125,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5957,7 +6149,7 @@ msgstr ""
"da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5971,7 +6163,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5982,12 +6174,14 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
-msgstr "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+msgstr ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5996,22 +6190,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -6022,14 +6216,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -6038,17 +6232,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -6063,7 +6257,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -6075,12 +6269,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2331
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -6091,7 +6285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6100,7 +6294,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6109,7 +6303,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -6122,7 +6316,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -6131,17 +6325,17 @@ msgstr ""
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6150,7 +6344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6167,12 +6361,12 @@ msgstr ""
"in Francia usano moodle per monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr "FIXME: alcuni esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -6181,12 +6375,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://moodle.org </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -6195,7 +6389,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -6206,12 +6400,12 @@ msgstr ""
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6221,7 +6415,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -6231,12 +6425,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione corrente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -6245,7 +6439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet access. FIXME: spiegare come installarli e usarli."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -6256,12 +6450,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico e illegale nella vostra giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6272,7 +6466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuzione etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -6285,7 +6479,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cifratura."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6305,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6314,7 +6508,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6325,22 +6519,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6352,7 +6546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6369,12 +6563,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6385,7 +6579,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6396,12 +6590,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6411,7 +6605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6424,7 +6618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6435,12 +6629,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6453,7 +6647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2453
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6470,7 +6664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6484,22 +6678,22 @@ msgstr ""
"questo libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2469
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in Inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6510,7 +6704,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6521,12 +6715,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in Norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6537,7 +6731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6550,17 +6744,18 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2585
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6569,7 +6764,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6578,19 +6773,19 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in Francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6599,12 +6794,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in Spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6613,12 +6808,12 @@ msgstr ""
"portale spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6629,12 +6824,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -6652,7 +6847,7 @@ msgstr ""
"divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6664,12 +6859,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6678,7 +6873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Rodríguez (2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -6689,7 +6884,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6702,7 +6897,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(2008) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6711,12 +6906,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(2007, 2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6725,12 +6920,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6745,7 +6940,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurlo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2664
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6760,7 +6955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2594
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6772,7 +6967,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6781,7 +6976,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6794,7 +6989,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6803,7 +6998,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6812,12 +7007,12 @@ msgstr ""
"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6828,28 +7023,28 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6862,7 +7057,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6875,7 +7070,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6888,7 +7083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6899,17 +7094,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2722
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6922,12 +7117,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2729
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6950,7 +7145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6967,7 +7162,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6986,7 +7181,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6995,7 +7190,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -7008,7 +7203,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2744
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -7019,7 +7214,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2747
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -7032,7 +7227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -7057,7 +7252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2755
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -7080,7 +7275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2757
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -7093,7 +7288,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -7106,7 +7301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2761
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -7119,7 +7314,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -7132,7 +7327,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -7149,7 +7344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2770
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -7164,7 +7359,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2775
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7187,7 +7382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2777
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7202,7 +7397,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -7221,7 +7416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -7242,7 +7437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -7261,7 +7456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2714
+#: release-manual.xml:2788
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -7290,7 +7485,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7301,7 +7496,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7324,7 +7519,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2721
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7333,7 +7528,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7352,7 +7547,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2726
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7365,7 +7560,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7384,7 +7579,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7405,12 +7600,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2808
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7433,7 +7628,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7456,42 +7651,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2746
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2758
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2833
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2834
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2841
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2769
+#: release-manual.xml:2843
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7511,122 +7706,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2774
+#: release-manual.xml:2848
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2778
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2787
+#: release-manual.xml:2861
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793 release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2871
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2874
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2881
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2884
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2887
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2817
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2894
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2823
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2901
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2904
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2907
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2837
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2840
+#: release-manual.xml:2914
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2917
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2847
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2853
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#: release-manual.xml:2934
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7639,32 +7834,33 @@ msgstr ""
"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2866
+#: release-manual.xml:2940
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
+msgstr ""
+"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2873
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2948
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:2954
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2882
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
"org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
@@ -7674,4 +7870,3 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp."
"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at "
"cd-etch-live/."
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 0b21827..ee9efc9 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-15 21:09+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:33+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-24 21:09+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560
-#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1399,8 +1399,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2376 release-manual.xml:2413
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2693,9 +2693,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018
-#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1958 release-manual.xml:1983
-#: release-manual.xml:1990 release-manual.xml:2329 release-manual.xml:2343
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -4653,12 +4653,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2276 release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4965,7 +4965,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
"\n"
-"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-exstrasound\"\n"
+"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
"\n"
"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.\n"
"\n"
@@ -5181,15 +5181,29 @@ msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Denne egenskapen er ny fra ltsp-versjon 0.99debian12"
+"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
-"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
-"lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a script printing one or more "
-"servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to "
-"include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
msgstr ""
"Det er mulig å sette opp klienter til å kople til en av flere tjenere for "
"lastbalansering. En måte er å liste flere tjenere ved bruk av "
@@ -5199,22 +5213,169 @@ msgstr ""
"flere tjenere å kople til. I tillegg til dette må hver ltsp chroot inkludere "
"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
-"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Denne egenskapen er ny fra ltsp-versjon 0.99debian12"
-"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1966
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+" }\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"next-server xxx;\n"
+"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+"rank=$RANDOM\n"
+"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5227,22 +5388,22 @@ msgstr ""
"linjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5250,7 +5411,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
@@ -5261,19 +5422,19 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5281,12 +5442,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2079
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5294,21 +5455,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5316,19 +5477,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2025
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5336,12 +5497,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5349,22 +5510,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5377,14 +5538,14 @@ msgstr ""
"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5393,7 +5554,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
@@ -5409,12 +5570,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5435,7 +5596,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -5445,7 +5606,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
@@ -5455,14 +5616,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
"steg 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5485,7 +5646,7 @@ msgstr ""
"innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5500,12 +5661,12 @@ msgstr ""
"filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
@@ -5523,7 +5684,7 @@ msgstr ""
"windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5537,12 +5698,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5555,12 +5716,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2170
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
@@ -5578,7 +5739,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
@@ -5597,7 +5758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og andre data."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
@@ -5611,7 +5772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
@@ -5628,25 +5789,25 @@ msgstr ""
"profilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
"du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
@@ -5663,37 +5824,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ekskluderes er"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "log"
msgstr "log / logg"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118 release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5702,7 +5863,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5711,12 +5872,12 @@ msgstr ""
"den ved nye installasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2209 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
@@ -5734,12 +5895,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5748,12 +5909,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Start registereditoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5762,19 +5923,19 @@ msgstr ""
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5783,7 +5944,7 @@ msgstr ""
"måte som maskinregler)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2236
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5794,17 +5955,17 @@ msgstr ""
"den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Kilder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5819,7 +5980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5833,7 +5994,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller Mine Dokumenter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5844,13 +6005,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5858,22 +6019,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5884,12 +6045,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr "Du kan bruke maskinreglermetoden beskrevet over, nøkkelen er i"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5898,17 +6059,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5923,7 +6084,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starte samba på nytt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5935,12 +6096,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2331
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5951,7 +6112,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows, Mac eller Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5960,7 +6121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5969,7 +6130,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5981,7 +6142,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5991,18 +6152,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6011,7 +6172,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6022,12 +6183,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
@@ -6037,19 +6198,19 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -6057,12 +6218,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6072,7 +6233,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
@@ -6082,19 +6243,19 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -6105,12 +6266,12 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6118,7 +6279,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -6131,7 +6292,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6144,7 +6305,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6153,7 +6314,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6164,22 +6325,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Bidra"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6191,7 +6352,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6208,12 +6369,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skjemaet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6224,7 +6385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6235,12 +6396,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Bidra globalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6249,7 +6410,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6262,7 +6423,7 @@ msgstr ""
"året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6273,12 +6434,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6291,7 +6452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kunnskapen din med oss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2453
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -6309,7 +6470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6322,22 +6483,22 @@ msgstr ""
"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2469
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "in English"
msgstr "På engelsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6348,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6358,12 +6519,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "På norsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6374,7 +6535,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6387,18 +6548,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Norge (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid "in German"
msgstr "På Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2585
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6407,7 +6568,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6416,18 +6577,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "in French"
msgstr "På fransk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6436,12 +6597,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "På spansk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6450,12 +6611,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spansk portal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Profesjonell support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6466,12 +6627,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6487,7 +6648,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6500,12 +6661,12 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -6515,7 +6676,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -6526,7 +6687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -6539,7 +6700,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -6549,12 +6710,12 @@ msgstr ""
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6563,12 +6724,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6582,7 +6743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2664
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6598,7 +6759,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2594
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6610,7 +6771,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6619,7 +6780,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6632,7 +6793,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6641,7 +6802,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6650,12 +6811,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6666,28 +6827,28 @@ msgstr ""
"finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6700,7 +6861,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6713,7 +6874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6722,7 +6883,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6730,17 +6891,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2722
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6749,12 +6910,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2729
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6768,7 +6929,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6779,7 +6940,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6791,14 +6952,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6807,7 +6968,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2744
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6815,7 +6976,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2747
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6824,7 +6985,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6839,7 +7000,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2755
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6853,7 +7014,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2757
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6862,7 +7023,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6871,7 +7032,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2761
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6880,7 +7041,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6889,7 +7050,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6900,7 +7061,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2770
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6910,7 +7071,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2775
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6924,7 +7085,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2777
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6934,7 +7095,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6946,7 +7107,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6959,7 +7120,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6971,7 +7132,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2714
+#: release-manual.xml:2788
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6988,7 +7149,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6996,7 +7157,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7010,14 +7171,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2721
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7029,7 +7190,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2726
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7038,7 +7199,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7050,7 +7211,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7063,12 +7224,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2808
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7082,7 +7243,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7096,42 +7257,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2746
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2758
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2833
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2834
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2841
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2769
+#: release-manual.xml:2843
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7151,122 +7312,122 @@ msgstr ""
"over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2774
+#: release-manual.xml:2848
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2778
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2787
+#: release-manual.xml:2861
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793 release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2871
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2874
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2881
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2884
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2887
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2817
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2894
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2823
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2901
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2904
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2907
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2837
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2840
+#: release-manual.xml:2914
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2917
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2847
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2853
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#: release-manual.xml:2934
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7279,32 +7440,32 @@ msgstr ""
"tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2866
+#: release-manual.xml:2940
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Ting man må vite"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2873
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2948
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:2954
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2882
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 1df8bb3..809e608 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-15 21:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-23 16:32+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-15</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:332 release-manual.xml:476 release-manual.xml:560 release-manual.xml:1504 release-manual.xml:2091
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2376 release-manual.xml:2413 release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:384 release-manual.xml:2450 release-manual.xml:2487 release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018 release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1958 release-manual.xml:1983 release-manual.xml:1990 release-manual.xml:2329 release-manual.xml:2343 release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:949 release-manual.xml:982 release-manual.xml:1018 release-manual.xml:1115 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2027 release-manual.xml:2057 release-manual.xml:2064 release-manual.xml:2403 release-manual.xml:2417 release-manual.xml:2432
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3733,12 +3733,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2276 release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:1701 release-manual.xml:2350 release-manual.xml:2458
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:2352 release-manual.xml:2460
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
@@ -3996,7 +3996,7 @@ msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
"\n"
"And that followed by \"aptitude update\" , \"aptitude install "
-"flashplayer-nonfree-exstrasound\"\n"
+"flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound\"\n"
"\n"
"remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local "
"from source list after that.\n"
@@ -4171,31 +4171,193 @@ msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
+"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
-"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf "
-"</computeroutput>. Another is by providing "
-"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a "
-"script printing one or more servers to connect to. In addition to this, "
-"each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing "
+"/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more "
+"servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to "
+"include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1961
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
-"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1966
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit "
+"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+" }\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"next-server xxx;\n"
+"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1995
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2000
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in "
+"/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the "
+"loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+"rank=$RANDOM\n"
+"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as "
+"/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is "
+"very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is "
+"booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as "
+"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot "
+"the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
+"server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't "
+"very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4204,22 +4366,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:2046
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2054
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4227,7 +4389,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4235,19 +4397,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs "
"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4255,12 +4417,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2002
+#: release-manual.xml:2076
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2079
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4268,21 +4430,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4290,19 +4452,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2025
+#: release-manual.xml:2099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4310,12 +4472,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2028
+#: release-manual.xml:2102
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4323,22 +4485,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2108
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2043
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4347,21 +4509,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -4371,12 +4533,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2058
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4389,26 +4551,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4422,7 +4584,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -4432,12 +4594,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4448,7 +4610,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4458,12 +4620,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -4472,12 +4634,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2170
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4488,7 +4650,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2174
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -4499,7 +4661,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2176
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -4508,7 +4670,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2105
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4519,22 +4681,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2184 release-manual.xml:2267
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2187
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4544,56 +4706,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2118 release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2192 release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2209 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2283 release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -4604,48 +4766,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2226
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2236
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4653,17 +4815,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2261
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2263
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4673,7 +4835,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4682,7 +4844,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2197
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4690,34 +4852,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2211
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4725,29 +4887,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2227
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2243
+#: release-manual.xml:2317
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4757,7 +4919,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4766,12 +4928,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2331
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4779,14 +4941,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2263
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4794,7 +4956,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4803,31 +4965,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -4838,31 +5000,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2381
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2315
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2317
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
"url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
@@ -4870,12 +5032,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -4883,26 +5045,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4910,12 +5072,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4923,7 +5085,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4932,7 +5094,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4947,14 +5109,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4962,22 +5124,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4986,7 +5148,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4997,12 +5159,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5010,7 +5172,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5018,12 +5180,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -5031,7 +5193,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -5040,7 +5202,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -5049,12 +5211,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5063,7 +5225,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2453
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -5075,7 +5237,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5084,22 +5246,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2469
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5107,7 +5269,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5115,12 +5277,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -5128,7 +5290,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -5137,17 +5299,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2585
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -5155,24 +5317,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2589
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -5180,24 +5342,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2545
+#: release-manual.xml:2619
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -5205,12 +5367,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -5221,7 +5383,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -5230,19 +5392,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2642
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -5250,7 +5412,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -5259,31 +5421,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -5293,7 +5455,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2664
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5304,7 +5466,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2594
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5313,7 +5475,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -5321,7 +5483,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2677
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -5331,26 +5493,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5358,28 +5520,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2634
+#: release-manual.xml:2708
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -5388,7 +5550,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5397,7 +5559,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5406,7 +5568,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2641
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5414,17 +5576,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2722
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5433,12 +5595,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2729
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2731
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5452,7 +5614,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2734
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5463,7 +5625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2736
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5475,14 +5637,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2741
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5491,7 +5653,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2744
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5499,7 +5661,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2747
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5508,7 +5670,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2750
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5523,7 +5685,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2755
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5537,7 +5699,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2757
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5546,7 +5708,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2759
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5555,7 +5717,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2761
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5564,7 +5726,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5573,7 +5735,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2767
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5584,7 +5746,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2770
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5594,7 +5756,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2775
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5608,7 +5770,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2777
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5618,7 +5780,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2779
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5630,7 +5792,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5643,7 +5805,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2785
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5655,7 +5817,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2714
+#: release-manual.xml:2788
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5672,7 +5834,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2791
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5680,7 +5842,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2719
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5694,14 +5856,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2721
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2797
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5713,7 +5875,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2726
+#: release-manual.xml:2800
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5722,7 +5884,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2803
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5734,7 +5896,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2805
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5747,12 +5909,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2734
+#: release-manual.xml:2808
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2737
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5766,7 +5928,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5780,42 +5942,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2746
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2826
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2758
+#: release-manual.xml:2832
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2759
+#: release-manual.xml:2833
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2834
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2761
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2767
+#: release-manual.xml:2841
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2769
+#: release-manual.xml:2843
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5828,122 +5990,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2774
+#: release-manual.xml:2848
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2778
+#: release-manual.xml:2852
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2782
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2787
+#: release-manual.xml:2861
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2790
+#: release-manual.xml:2864
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793 release-manual.xml:2803
+#: release-manual.xml:2867 release-manual.xml:2877
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2797
+#: release-manual.xml:2871
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2800
+#: release-manual.xml:2874
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2881
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2810
+#: release-manual.xml:2884
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2887
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2817
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2820
+#: release-manual.xml:2894
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2823
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2901
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2904
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2833
+#: release-manual.xml:2907
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2837
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2840
+#: release-manual.xml:2914
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2843
+#: release-manual.xml:2917
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2847
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2853
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2860
+#: release-manual.xml:2934
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5953,32 +6115,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2866
+#: release-manual.xml:2940
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2867
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2873
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2874
+#: release-manual.xml:2948
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:2954
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2882
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index cfbf911..d9aa894 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-15</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-05-23</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ Pin-priority: 999
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local
-And that followed by "aptitude update" , "aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-exstrasound"
+And that followed by "aptitude update" , "aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound"
remeber to remove deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local from source list after that.
@@ -1949,17 +1949,91 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
<section>
<title>Load balancing LTSP servers
</title>
-<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using <computeroutput>LDM_SERVER
-</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf
-</computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts
-</computeroutput> as a script printing one or more servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers.
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
+</phrase>
+</textobject>
+</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Part 1
+</title>
+<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers.
+</para>
+<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the "get_hosts" script. How this is done you decide later on.
+</para>
+<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server.
+</para>
+<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {
+ range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;
+ }
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>you have to add this under "range":
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[filename "/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0";
+next-server xxx;
+option root-path "/opt/ltsp/i386";
+option log-servers ltspserver01;
+use-host-decl-names on;
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Part 2
+</title>
+<para>Now you have to make a "get_hosts" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order.
+</para>
+<para>Edit "/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf" and add something like this:
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = "xxxx xxxx xxxx"]]>
+</screen>
+<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server.
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash
+# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter
+TMP_LIST=""
+SHUFFLED_LIST=""
+for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do
+rank=$RANDOM
+let "rank %= 100"
+TMP_LIST="$TMP_LIST\n${rank}_$i"
+done
+TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)
+for i in $TMP_LIST; do
+SHUFFLED_LIST="$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)"
+done
+echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
+]]>
+</screen>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Part 3
+</title>
+<para>Now that you've made the "get_hosts" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists.
</para>
<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1.
+</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server.
+</para>
+<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good.
</para>
+<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced!
+</para>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list